Sema.h revision 26297f57634994b4ae47a0774c372d6944265bb2
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
32#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
43#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
51#include <deque>
52#include <string>
53#include <vector>
54
55namespace llvm {
56  class APSInt;
57  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
58  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
59  class SmallBitVector;
60}
61
62namespace clang {
63  class ADLResult;
64  class ASTConsumer;
65  class ASTContext;
66  class ASTMutationListener;
67  class ASTReader;
68  class ASTWriter;
69  class ArrayType;
70  class AttributeList;
71  class BlockDecl;
72  class CapturedDecl;
73  class CXXBasePath;
74  class CXXBasePaths;
75  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
76  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
77  class CXXConstructorDecl;
78  class CXXConversionDecl;
79  class CXXDestructorDecl;
80  class CXXFieldCollector;
81  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
82  class CXXMethodDecl;
83  class CXXScopeSpec;
84  class CXXTemporary;
85  class CXXTryStmt;
86  class CallExpr;
87  class ClassTemplateDecl;
88  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
89  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
90  class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
91  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
92  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
93  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
94  class CodeCompletionResult;
95  class Decl;
96  class DeclAccessPair;
97  class DeclContext;
98  class DeclRefExpr;
99  class DeclaratorDecl;
100  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
101  class DependentDiagnostic;
102  class DesignatedInitExpr;
103  class Designation;
104  class EnumConstantDecl;
105  class Expr;
106  class ExtVectorType;
107  class ExternalSemaSource;
108  class FormatAttr;
109  class FriendDecl;
110  class FunctionDecl;
111  class FunctionProtoType;
112  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
113  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
114  class InitListExpr;
115  class InitializationKind;
116  class InitializationSequence;
117  class InitializedEntity;
118  class IntegerLiteral;
119  class LabelStmt;
120  class LambdaExpr;
121  class LangOptions;
122  class LocalInstantiationScope;
123  class LookupResult;
124  class MacroInfo;
125  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
126  class NamedDecl;
127  class NonNullAttr;
128  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
129  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
130  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
131  class ObjCContainerDecl;
132  class ObjCImplDecl;
133  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
134  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
135  class ObjCIvarDecl;
136  template <class T> class ObjCList;
137  class ObjCMessageExpr;
138  class ObjCMethodDecl;
139  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
140  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
141  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
142  class OMPClause;
143  class OverloadCandidateSet;
144  class OverloadExpr;
145  class ParenListExpr;
146  class ParmVarDecl;
147  class Preprocessor;
148  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
149  class PseudoObjectExpr;
150  class QualType;
151  class StandardConversionSequence;
152  class Stmt;
153  class StringLiteral;
154  class SwitchStmt;
155  class TargetAttributesSema;
156  class TemplateArgument;
157  class TemplateArgumentList;
158  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
159  class TemplateDecl;
160  class TemplateParameterList;
161  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
162  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
163  class Token;
164  class TypeAliasDecl;
165  class TypedefDecl;
166  class TypedefNameDecl;
167  class TypeLoc;
168  class UnqualifiedId;
169  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
170  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
171  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
172  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
173  class UsingDecl;
174  class UsingShadowDecl;
175  class ValueDecl;
176  class VarDecl;
177  class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
178  class VisibilityAttr;
179  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
180  class IndirectFieldDecl;
181  struct DeductionFailureInfo;
182  class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
183
184namespace sema {
185  class AccessedEntity;
186  class BlockScopeInfo;
187  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
188  class CapturingScopeInfo;
189  class CompoundScopeInfo;
190  class DelayedDiagnostic;
191  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
192  class FunctionScopeInfo;
193  class LambdaScopeInfo;
194  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
195  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
196}
197
198// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
199// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
200typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
201                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
202
203/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
204class Sema {
205  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
206  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
207  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
208
209  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
210  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
211
212  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
213  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
214
215  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
216
217  static bool
218  shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
219    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
220    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
221    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
222    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
223    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
224    // with internal linkage.
225    return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
226  }
227
228public:
229  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
230  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
231  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
232
233  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
234  FPOptions FPFeatures;
235
236  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
237  Preprocessor &PP;
238  ASTContext &Context;
239  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
240  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
241  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
242
243  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
244  bool CollectStats;
245
246  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
247  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
248
249  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
250  DeclContext *CurContext;
251
252  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
253  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
254  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
255
256  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
257  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
258  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
259
260  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
261  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
262  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
263
264  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
265
266  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
267  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
268
269  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
270  ///
271  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
272  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
273  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
274
275  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
276  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
277  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
278
279  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
280  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
281  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
282  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
283
284  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
285
286  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
287  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
288  ///
289  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
290  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
291  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
292  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
293
294  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
295                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
296    ExtVectorDeclsType;
297
298  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
299  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
300  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
301  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
302
303  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
304  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
305
306  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
307
308  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
309  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
310
311  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
312
313  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
314  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
315  /// same list more than once.
316  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
317
318  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
319  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
320  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
321
322  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
323  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
324  ///
325  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
326  /// scopes, e.g.,
327  ///
328  /// \code
329  /// extern "C" void f() {
330  ///   void foo(int, int);
331  /// }
332  /// \endcode
333  ///
334  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
335  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
336  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
337  ///
338  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
339  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
340  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
341  ///     for compatibility.
342  ///
343  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
344  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
345  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
346  ///     not visible.
347  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
348
349  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
350  NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
351
352  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
353                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
354    TentativeDefinitionsType;
355
356  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
357  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
358
359  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
360                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
361    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
362
363  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
364  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
365  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
366
367  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
368                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
369    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
370
371  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
372  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
373  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
374
375  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
376  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
377  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
378  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
379                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
380      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
381
382  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
383  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
384  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
385  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
386  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
387  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
388  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
389  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
390    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
391
392  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
393  LateParsedTemplateMapT;
394  LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
395
396  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
397  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
398  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
399  void *OpaqueParser;
400
401  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
402    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
403    OpaqueParser = P;
404  }
405
406  class DelayedDiagnostics;
407
408  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
409    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
410    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
411  };
412  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
413  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
414
415  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
416  /// during parsing and other processing.
417  class DelayedDiagnostics {
418    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
419    /// diagnostics should go.
420    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
421
422  public:
423    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
424
425    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
426    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
427
428    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
429    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
430
431    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
432    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
433      return CurPool;
434    }
435
436    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
437    /// collected in this pool.
438    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
439      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
440      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
441      CurPool = &pool;
442      return state;
443    }
444
445    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
446    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
447    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
448    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
449      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
450    }
451
452    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
453    /// not delayed.
454    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
455      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
456      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
457      CurPool = 0;
458      return state;
459    }
460
461    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
462    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
463      assert(CurPool == NULL);
464      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
465    }
466  } DelayedDiagnostics;
467
468  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
469  class ContextRAII {
470  private:
471    Sema &S;
472    DeclContext *SavedContext;
473    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
474    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
475
476  public:
477    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
478      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
479        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
480        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
481    {
482      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
483      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
484    }
485
486    void pop() {
487      if (!SavedContext) return;
488      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
489      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
490      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
491      SavedContext = 0;
492    }
493
494    ~ContextRAII() {
495      pop();
496    }
497  };
498
499  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
500  /// a function body.
501  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
502    Sema &S;
503    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
504
505  public:
506    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
507      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
508    {
509      S.PushFunctionScope();
510      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
511    }
512
513    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
514      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
515      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
516    }
517  };
518
519  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
520  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
521  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
522  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
523
524  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
525  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
526  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
527  /// in the currently selected standard.
528  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
529
530
531  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
532  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
533
534  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
535  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
536  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
537  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
538  /// It would be best to refactor this.
539  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
540
541  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
542
543  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
544  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
545  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
546  Scope *TUScope;
547
548  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
549  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
550
551  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
552  /// standard library.
553  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
554
555  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
556  /// \<initializer_list>.
557  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
558
559  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
560  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
561
562  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
563  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
564
565  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
566  OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
567
568  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
569  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
570
571  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
572  QualType NSNumberPointer;
573
574  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
575  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
576
577  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
578  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
579
580  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
581  QualType NSStringPointer;
582
583  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
584  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
585
586  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
587  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
588
589  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
590  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
591
592  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
593  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
594
595  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
596  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
597
598  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
599  QualType QIDNSCopying;
600
601  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
602  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
603
604  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
605  /// have been declared.
606  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
607
608  /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
609  /// references to fields.  This is really a
610  bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
611
612  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
613  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
614  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
615    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
616    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
617    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
618    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
619    /// run time.
620    Unevaluated,
621
622    /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
623    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
624    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
625    UnevaluatedAbstract,
626
627    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
628    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
629    /// cases in a switch statement).
630    ConstantEvaluated,
631
632    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
633    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
634    /// expression at run time.
635    PotentiallyEvaluated,
636
637    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
638    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
639    /// in fact the current expression is used.
640    ///
641    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
642    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
643    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
644    /// until the default argument is used.
645    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
646  };
647
648  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
649  /// expression evaluation contexts.
650  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
651    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
652    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
653
654    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
655    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
656
657    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
658    bool IsDecltype;
659
660    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
661    /// this expression evaluation context.
662    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
663
664    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
665
666    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
667    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
668    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
669
670    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
671    /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
672    /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
673    Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
674
675    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
676    /// and block literals within this context.
677    ///
678    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
679    /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
680    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
681
682    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
683    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
684    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
685
686    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
687    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
688    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
689
690    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
691                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
692                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
693                                      Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
694                                      bool IsDecltype)
695      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
696        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
697        ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
698
699    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
700    /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
701    MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
702
703    bool isUnevaluated() const {
704      return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
705    }
706  };
707
708  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
709  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
710
711  /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
712  /// block literal.
713  ///
714  /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
715  /// block literal.
716  /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
717  /// associated with the context, if relevant.
718  MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
719    const DeclContext *DC,
720    Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
721
722
723  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
724  /// function.
725  ///
726  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
727  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
728  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
729  public:
730    enum Kind {
731      NoMemberOrDeleted,
732      Ambiguous,
733      Success
734    };
735
736  private:
737    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
738
739  public:
740    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
741      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
742    {}
743
744    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
745    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
746
747    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
748    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
749  };
750
751  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
752  /// for C++ records.
753  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
754
755  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
756  ///
757  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
758  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
759  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
760  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
761  /// checks.
762  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
763
764  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
765
766  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
767  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
768
769  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
770    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
771
772  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
773  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
774  ///
775  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
776  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
777  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
778  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
779  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
780
781  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
782  // argument locations.
783  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
784
785  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
786  /// definition in this translation unit.
787  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
788
789  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
790  void getUndefinedButUsed(
791      SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
792
793  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
794  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
795
796  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
797  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
798  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
799  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
800  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
801  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
802  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
803
804  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
805  /// of -Wselector.
806  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
807
808  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
809  enum CXXSpecialMember {
810    CXXDefaultConstructor,
811    CXXCopyConstructor,
812    CXXMoveConstructor,
813    CXXCopyAssignment,
814    CXXMoveAssignment,
815    CXXDestructor,
816    CXXInvalid
817  };
818
819  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
820
821  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
822  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
823  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
824  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
825
826  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
827
828  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
829  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
830
831  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
832  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
833  /// should not be used elsewhere.
834  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
835
836  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
837  /// statements.
838  class FPContractStateRAII {
839  public:
840    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
841      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
842    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
843      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
844    }
845  private:
846    Sema& S;
847    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
848  };
849
850  typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
851    InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
852
853public:
854  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
855       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
856       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
857  ~Sema();
858
859  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
860  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
861  void Initialize();
862
863  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
864  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
865  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
866
867  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
868  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
869  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
870  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
871  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
872  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
873  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
874  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
875
876  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
877  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
878  ///
879  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
880  ///
881  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
882
883  void PrintStats() const;
884
885  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
886  /// template instantiation stacks.
887  ///
888  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
889  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
890  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
891  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
892  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
893  /// well.
894  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
895    Sema &SemaRef;
896    unsigned DiagID;
897
898  public:
899    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
900      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
901
902    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
903      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
904      if (!isActive()) return;
905
906      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
907      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
908      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
909      //
910      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
911      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
912      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
913      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
914      // eliminate that code.
915      FlushCounts();
916      Clear();
917
918      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
919      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
920    }
921
922    /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
923    template<typename T>
924    friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
925        const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
926      const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
927      BaseDiag << Value;
928      return Diag;
929    }
930  };
931
932  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
933  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
934    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
935    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
936  }
937
938  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
939  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
940
941  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
942  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
943
944  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
945
946  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
947  std::string
948  getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
949  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
950
951  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
952  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
953  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
954
955  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
956
957  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
958
959  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
960
961  void PushFunctionScope();
962  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
963  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
964
965  /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
966  /// is during Parsing.  Currently it is used to pass on the depth
967  /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
968  void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
969
970  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
971                               RecordDecl *RD,
972                               CapturedRegionKind K);
973  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
974                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
975
976  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
977    return FunctionScopes.back();
978  }
979
980  template <typename ExprT>
981  void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
982    if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
983      getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
984  }
985
986  void PushCompoundScope();
987  void PopCompoundScope();
988
989  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
990
991  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
992
993  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
994  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
995
996  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
997  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
998
999  /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1000  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1001
1002  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1003  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1004
1005  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1006  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1007
1008  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1009
1010  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1011  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1012  //
1013
1014  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1015                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
1016  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1017                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
1018  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1019                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1020  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1021                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1022  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1023                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1024                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1025  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1026                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1027
1028  bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1029
1030  /// \brief Build a function type.
1031  ///
1032  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1033  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1034  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1035  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1036  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1037  ///
1038  /// \param T The return type of the function.
1039  ///
1040  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1041  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1042  /// function parameters.
1043  ///
1044  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1045  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1046  /// type that will have function type.
1047  ///
1048  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1049  /// type, if known.
1050  ///
1051  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1052  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1053  ///
1054  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1055  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1056  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1057  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1058                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1059                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1060                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1061
1062  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1063                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1064                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1065  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1066                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1067  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1068  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1069
1070  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1071  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1072  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1073                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1074
1075  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1076  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1077  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1078  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1079  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
1080  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1081  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1082                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1083  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1084  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1085  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1086  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1087      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1088      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1089  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1090      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1091      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1092      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1093      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
1094      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
1095      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1096      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1097  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1098      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1099      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1100      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1101  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1102      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1103      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1104
1105  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1106
1107  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1108  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1109  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1110
1111  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1112  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1113    bool Suppressed;
1114
1115    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1116
1117    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1118    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1119  };
1120
1121  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1122  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1123  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1124  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1125  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1126  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1127  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1128    return II;
1129  }
1130  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1131  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1132  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1133  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1134  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1135  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1136
1137  template<typename T1>
1138  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1139    unsigned DiagID;
1140    const T1 &Arg1;
1141
1142  public:
1143    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1144      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1145    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1146      if (Suppressed) return;
1147      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1148    }
1149
1150    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1151  };
1152
1153  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1154  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1155    unsigned DiagID;
1156    const T1 &Arg1;
1157    const T2 &Arg2;
1158
1159  public:
1160    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1161                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1162      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1163        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1164
1165    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1166      if (Suppressed) return;
1167      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1168    }
1169
1170    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1171  };
1172
1173  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1174  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1175    unsigned DiagID;
1176    const T1 &Arg1;
1177    const T2 &Arg2;
1178    const T3 &Arg3;
1179
1180  public:
1181    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1182                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1183    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1184      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1185
1186    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1187      if (Suppressed) return;
1188      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1189        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1190    }
1191
1192    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1193  };
1194
1195private:
1196  bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1197                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1198public:
1199  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1200                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1201  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1202                           unsigned DiagID);
1203
1204  template<typename T1>
1205  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1206                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1207    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1208    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1209  }
1210
1211  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1212  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1213                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1214    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1215    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1216  }
1217
1218  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1219  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1220                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1221                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1222    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1223                                                        Arg3);
1224    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1225  }
1226
1227  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1228  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1229
1230  template<typename T1>
1231  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1232    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1233    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1234  }
1235
1236  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1237  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1238                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1239    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1240    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1241  }
1242
1243  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1244  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1245                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1246    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1247                                                        Arg3);
1248    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1249  }
1250
1251  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1252                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1253  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1254
1255  template<typename T1>
1256  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1257                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1258    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1259    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1260  }
1261
1262  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1263  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1264                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1265    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1266    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1267  }
1268
1269  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1270  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1271                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1272                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1273    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1274                                                        Arg3);
1275    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1276  }
1277
1278  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1279                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1280
1281  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1282  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1283  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1284                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1285                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1286
1287  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1288  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1289  //
1290
1291  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1292  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1293  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1294  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1295  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1296  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1297  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1298  /// such as:
1299  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1300  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1301
1302  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1303
1304  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1305
1306  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1307
1308  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1309                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1310                         bool isClassName = false,
1311                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1312                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1313                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1314                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1315                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1316  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1317  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1318  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1319                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1320                               Scope *S,
1321                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1322                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1323
1324  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1325  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1326  enum NameClassificationKind {
1327    NC_Unknown,
1328    NC_Error,
1329    NC_Keyword,
1330    NC_Type,
1331    NC_Expression,
1332    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1333    NC_TypeTemplate,
1334    NC_VarTemplate,
1335    NC_FunctionTemplate
1336  };
1337
1338  class NameClassification {
1339    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1340    ExprResult Expr;
1341    TemplateName Template;
1342    ParsedType Type;
1343    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1344
1345    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1346
1347  public:
1348    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1349
1350    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1351
1352    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1353      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1354
1355    static NameClassification Error() {
1356      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1357    }
1358
1359    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1360      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1361    }
1362
1363    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1364      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1365    }
1366
1367    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1368      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1369      Result.Template = Name;
1370      return Result;
1371    }
1372
1373    static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1374      NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1375      Result.Template = Name;
1376      return Result;
1377    }
1378
1379    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1380      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1381      Result.Template = Name;
1382      return Result;
1383    }
1384
1385    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1386
1387    ParsedType getType() const {
1388      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1389      return Type;
1390    }
1391
1392    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1393      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1394      return Expr;
1395    }
1396
1397    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1398      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1399             Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1400      return Template;
1401    }
1402
1403    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1404      switch (Kind) {
1405      case NC_TypeTemplate:
1406        return TNK_Type_template;
1407      case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1408        return TNK_Function_template;
1409      case NC_VarTemplate:
1410        return TNK_Var_template;
1411      default:
1412        llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1413      }
1414    }
1415  };
1416
1417  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1418  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1419  ///
1420  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1421  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1422  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1423  ///
1424  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1425  ///
1426  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1427  ///
1428  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1429  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1430  ///
1431  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1432  ///
1433  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1434  /// disambiguate the name.
1435  ///
1436  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1437  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1438  ///        expression.
1439  ///
1440  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1441  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1442                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1443                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1444                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1445                                  const Token &NextToken,
1446                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1447                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1448
1449  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1450
1451  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1452                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1453  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1454  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1455  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1456                                    DeclarationName Name,
1457                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1458  static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1459  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1460  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1461  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1462  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1463  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1464  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1465                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1466                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1467  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1468                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1469  NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1470                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1471                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1472                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1473                                     bool &AddToScope);
1474  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1475  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1476  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1477  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1478  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1479  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1480  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1481
1482  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1483                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1484                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1485                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1486                                     bool &AddToScope);
1487  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1488  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1489
1490  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1491  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1492
1493  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1494  void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1495                          SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1496  void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1497                          SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1498  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1499  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1500                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1501                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1502  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1503  void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1504  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1505  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1506                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1507                                          QualType T);
1508  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1509                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1510                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1511                              StorageClass SC);
1512  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1513                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1514                                 Expr *defarg);
1515  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1516                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1517                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1518  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1519  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1520                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1521
1522  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1523                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1524  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1525  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1526  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1527  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1528  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1529  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1530  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1531                                         ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1532  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1533                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1534
1535  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1536  /// documentation comments.
1537  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1538  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1539
1540  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1541                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1542  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
1543                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition =
1544                                        0);
1545  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1546  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1547  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1548  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1549    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1550  }
1551
1552  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1553  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1554  /// code for that function.
1555  ///
1556  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1557  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1558  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1559  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1560
1561  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1562  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1563  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1564  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1565
1566  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1567  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1568  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1569
1570  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1571  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1572  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1573                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1574
1575  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1576  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1577  /// specified threshold.
1578  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1579                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1580                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1581                                              NamedDecl *D);
1582
1583  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1584  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1585                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1586                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1587
1588  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1589  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1590                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1591                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1592
1593  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1594  ///
1595  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1596  ///
1597  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1598  ///
1599  /// \param Path The module access path.
1600  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1601                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1602
1603  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1604  /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1605  void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1606
1607  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1608  /// source location.
1609  ///
1610  /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
1611  /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
1612  /// the user has forgotten to import.
1613  void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
1614
1615  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1616  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1617    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1618  }
1619
1620  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1621  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1622                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1623
1624  /// Scope actions.
1625  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1626  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1627
1628  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1629                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1630  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1631                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1632                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1633                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1634
1635  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1636                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1637                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1638
1639  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1640                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1641
1642  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1643                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1644                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1645                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1646
1647  enum TagUseKind {
1648    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1649    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1650    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1651    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1652  };
1653
1654  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1655                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1656                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1657                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1658                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1659                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1660                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1661                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1662                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1663
1664  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1665                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1666                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1667                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1668                                AttributeList *Attr,
1669                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1670
1671  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1672                               unsigned TagSpec,
1673                               TagUseKind TUK,
1674                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1675                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1676                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1677                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1678
1679  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1680                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1681                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1682  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1683                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1684
1685  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1686                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1687                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1688                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1689  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1690                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1691                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1692                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1693                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1694                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1695
1696  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1697                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1698                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1699                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1700                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1701                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1702                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1703                            Declarator *D = 0);
1704
1705  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1706  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1707  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1708                              bool Diagnose = false);
1709  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1710  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1711                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1712  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1713                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1714                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1715
1716  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1717  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1718                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1719                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1720                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1721
1722  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1723  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1724  /// struct, or union).
1725  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1726
1727  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1728
1729  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1730  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1731  /// member declarations.
1732  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1733                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1734                                       bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
1735                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1736
1737  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1738  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1739  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1740                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1741
1742  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1743
1744  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1745  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1746  ///
1747  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1748  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1749  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1750
1751  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1752  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1753  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1754
1755  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1756                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1757                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1758                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1759                                      Expr *val);
1760  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1761  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1762                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1763
1764  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1765                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1766                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1767                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1768  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1769                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1770                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1771                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1772
1773  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1774
1775  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1776  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1777  void PopDeclContext();
1778
1779  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1780  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1781  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1782  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1783
1784  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1785  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1786  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1787
1788  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1789
1790  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1791  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1792  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1793  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1794
1795  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1796  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1797  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1798  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1799
1800  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1801  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1802  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1803  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1804
1805  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1806  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1807
1808  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1809  /// top level scope.
1810  ///
1811  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1812  ///
1813  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1814  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1815
1816  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1817  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1818  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1819  ///
1820  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1821  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1822  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1823  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1824                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1825
1826  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1827  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1828  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1829
1830  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1831  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1832                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1833  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1834
1835  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1836  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1837                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1838                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1839                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1840                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1841                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1842                                          StringRef Message,
1843                                          bool Override,
1844                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1845  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1846                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1847                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1848  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1849                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1850                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1851  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1852                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1853  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1854                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1855  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1856                              IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
1857                              int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1858  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1859                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1860
1861  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1862  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1863  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1864    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1865    AMK_None,
1866    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1867    /// an exact match.
1868    AMK_Redeclaration,
1869    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1870    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1871    AMK_Override
1872  };
1873
1874  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1875                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1876  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1877  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S,
1878                         bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1879  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1880                                    Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1881  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1882  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
1883  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1884  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1885  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1886
1887  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1888  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1889  enum AssignmentAction {
1890    AA_Assigning,
1891    AA_Passing,
1892    AA_Returning,
1893    AA_Converting,
1894    AA_Initializing,
1895    AA_Sending,
1896    AA_Casting,
1897    AA_Passing_CFAudited
1898  };
1899
1900  /// C++ Overloading.
1901  enum OverloadKind {
1902    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1903    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1904    Ovl_Overload,
1905
1906    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1907    /// an existing declaration.
1908    Ovl_Match,
1909
1910    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1911    /// non-function.
1912    Ovl_NonFunction
1913  };
1914  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1915                             FunctionDecl *New,
1916                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1917                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1918                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1919  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1920
1921  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1922  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1923  ///
1924  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1925  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1926  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1927
1928  ImplicitConversionSequence
1929  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1930                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1931                        bool AllowExplicit,
1932                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1933                        bool CStyle,
1934                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1935
1936  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1937  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1938  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1939  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1940                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1941                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1942  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1943                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1944  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1945                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1946  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1947                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1948  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1949                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1950                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1951  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1952                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1953
1954  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1955  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1956                              CastKind &Kind,
1957                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1958                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1959  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1960                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1961                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1962  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1963                                    CastKind &Kind,
1964                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1965                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1966  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1967                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1968  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1969                            QualType &ResultTy);
1970  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1971  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
1972
1973  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1974                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1975                                             QualType ResultType,
1976                                             Expr *Value,
1977                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1978
1979  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1980                                    ExprResult Init);
1981  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1982                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1983                                       ExprResult Init,
1984                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1985                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1986  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1987                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1988                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1989                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1990
1991  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1992  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1993
1994  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1995  enum CCEKind {
1996    CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
1997    CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1998    CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1999    CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2000  };
2001  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2002                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2003
2004  /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2005  /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2006  class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2007  public:
2008    bool Suppress;
2009    bool SuppressConversion;
2010
2011    ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2012                                bool SuppressConversion = false)
2013        : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2014
2015    /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2016    /// for this conversion.
2017    virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2018
2019    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2020    /// integral or enumeration type.
2021    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2022    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2023
2024    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2025    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2026    diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2027
2028    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2029    /// is explicit.
2030    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2031        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2032
2033    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2034    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2035    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2036
2037    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2038    /// functions.
2039    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2040    diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2041
2042    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2043    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2044    noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2045
2046    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2047    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2048    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2049        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2050
2051    virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2052  };
2053
2054  class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2055    bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2056
2057  public:
2058    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2059                        bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2060        : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2061          AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2062
2063    /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2064    bool match(QualType T);
2065
2066    SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2067    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
2068      return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2069    }
2070
2071    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2072    /// integral or enumeration type.
2073    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2074    diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2075  };
2076
2077  /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2078  ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2079      SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2080
2081
2082  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2083    OS_Array,
2084    OS_Dictionary,
2085    OS_Error
2086  };
2087  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2088
2089  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2090  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2091  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2092    LK_Array,
2093    LK_Dictionary,
2094    LK_Numeric,
2095    LK_Boxed,
2096    LK_String,
2097    LK_Block,
2098    LK_None
2099  };
2100  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2101
2102  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2103                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2104                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2105                                           NamedDecl *Member);
2106
2107  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2108  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2109  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2110  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2111
2112  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2113                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2114                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2115                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2116                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2117                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2118                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2119  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2120                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2121                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2122                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2123                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2124  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2125                          QualType ObjectType,
2126                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2127                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2128                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2129                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2130  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2131                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2132                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2133                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2134                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2135                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2136                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2137  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2138                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2139                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2140                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2141                                  QualType ObjectType,
2142                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2143                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2144                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2145                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2146  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2147                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2148                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2149                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2150                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2151                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2152  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2153                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2154                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2155                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2156                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2157                              bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit = false);
2158  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2159                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2160                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2161                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2162                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2163                                    bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit = false);
2164  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2165                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2166                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2167                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2168                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2169                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2170  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2171                                   SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2172                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2173                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2174  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2175                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2176                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2177                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2178                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2179  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2180                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2181                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2182  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2183                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
2184                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2185                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2186                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2187                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2188
2189  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2190  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2191
2192  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2193  // identified by the expression Expr
2194  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2195
2196  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2197  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2198  // R (A) --> R(A)
2199  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2200  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2201  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2202  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2203
2204  FunctionDecl *
2205  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2206                                     QualType TargetType,
2207                                     bool Complain,
2208                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2209                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
2210
2211  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2212                                                   bool Complain = false,
2213                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2214
2215  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2216                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2217                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2218                      bool Complain = false,
2219                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2220                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2221                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2222
2223
2224  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2225                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2226                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2227  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2228                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2229                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2230
2231  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2232                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2233                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2234                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2235
2236  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2237  // range-based for loop.
2238  enum ForRangeStatus {
2239    FRS_Success,
2240    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2241    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2242  };
2243
2244  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2245  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2246  enum BeginEndFunction {
2247    BEF_begin,
2248    BEF_end
2249  };
2250
2251  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2252                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2253                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2254                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2255                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2256                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2257                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2258                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2259
2260  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2261                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2262                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2263                                     MultiExprArg Args,
2264                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2265                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2266                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2267
2268  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2269                              MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2270                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2271                              ExprResult *Result);
2272
2273  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2274                                     unsigned Opc,
2275                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2276                                     Expr *input);
2277
2278  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2279                                   unsigned Opc,
2280                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2281                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2282
2283  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2284                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2285                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2286
2287  ExprResult
2288  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2289                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2290                            MultiExprArg Args,
2291                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2292  ExprResult
2293  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2294                               MultiExprArg Args,
2295                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2296
2297  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2298                                      SourceLocation OpLoc,
2299                                      bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = 0);
2300
2301  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2302  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2303  /// that best represents the call.
2304  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2305                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2306
2307  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2308  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2309                                ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2310                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2311  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2312  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2313  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2314
2315  /// \name Name lookup
2316  ///
2317  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2318  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2319  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2320  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2321  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2322  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2323  ///
2324  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2325  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2326  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2327  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2328  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2329  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2330  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2331  ///
2332  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2333  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2334  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2335  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2336  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2337  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2338  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2339  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2340  //@{
2341
2342  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2343  enum LookupNameKind {
2344    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2345    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2346    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2347    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2348    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2349    /// structs, and unions.
2350    LookupTagName,
2351    /// Label name lookup.
2352    LookupLabel,
2353    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2354    /// class/struct/union members.
2355    LookupMemberName,
2356    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2357    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2358    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2359    LookupOperatorName,
2360    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2361    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2362    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2363    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2364    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2365    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2366    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2367    LookupNamespaceName,
2368    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2369    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2370    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2371    LookupUsingDeclName,
2372    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2373    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2374    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2375    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2376    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2377    /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2378    /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2379    LookupLocalFriendName,
2380    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2381    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2382    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2383    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2384    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2385    LookupAnyName
2386  };
2387
2388  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2389  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2390  enum RedeclarationKind {
2391    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2392    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2393    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2394    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2395    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2396    ForRedeclaration
2397  };
2398
2399  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2400  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2401    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2402    LOLR_Error,
2403    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2404    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2405    LOLR_Cooked,
2406    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2407    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2408    LOLR_Raw,
2409    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2410    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2411    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2412    LOLR_Template,
2413    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2414    /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2415    /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2416    LOLR_StringTemplate
2417  };
2418
2419  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2420                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2421                                                   bool ConstArg,
2422                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2423                                                   bool RValueThis,
2424                                                   bool ConstThis,
2425                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2426
2427private:
2428  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2429
2430  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2431  //
2432  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2433  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2434  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2435
2436  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2437  /// source.
2438  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2439
2440public:
2441  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2442  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2443  ///
2444  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2445  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2446  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2447                              SourceLocation Loc,
2448                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2449                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2450                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2451  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2452                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2453  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2454                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2455  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2456                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2457                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2458  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2459                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2460                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2461
2462  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2463                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2464                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2465
2466  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2467                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2468
2469  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2470  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2471  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2472                                               unsigned Quals);
2473  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2474                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2475  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2476                                              unsigned Quals);
2477  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2478                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2479  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2480
2481  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2482                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2483                                                    bool AllowRaw,
2484                                                    bool AllowTemplate,
2485                                                    bool AllowStringTemplate);
2486  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2487
2488  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2489                               SourceLocation Loc,
2490                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2491                               ADLResult &Functions);
2492
2493  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2494                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2495                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2496  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2497                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2498                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2499
2500  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2501                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2502                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2503                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2504                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2505                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2506                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0,
2507                             bool RecordFailure = true);
2508
2509  void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2510                    const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2511                    bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2512
2513  void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2514                    const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2515                    const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2516                    bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2517
2518  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2519                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2520                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2521                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2522
2523  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2524                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2525                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2526
2527  void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2528  //@}
2529
2530  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2531                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2532                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2533  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2534                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2535                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2536  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2537                                      Scope *S);
2538  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2539
2540  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2541
2542  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2543  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2544  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
2545  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2546                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2547  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2548                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2549
2550  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2551
2552  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2553  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2554                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2555  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2556  bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
2557                                      unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
2558                                      SourceLocation *ArgLocation = 0);
2559
2560  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2561
2562  /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
2563  /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
2564  /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
2565  void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic);
2566
2567  /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
2568  /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
2569  const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
2570
2571  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2572  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2573                                   SourceRange Range);
2574
2575  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2576                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2577  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2578                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2579                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2580
2581  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2582                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2583                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2584
2585  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2586  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2587  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2588                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2589                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2590
2591  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2592  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2593
2594  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2595  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2596  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2597                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2598                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2599                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2600                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2601                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2602
2603  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2604  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2605  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2606                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2607                                SourceLocation Loc);
2608
2609  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2610  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2611  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2612                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2613                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2614
2615  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2616  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2617  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2618                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2619
2620  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2621  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2622  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2623                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2624  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2625
2626  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2627  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2628  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2629            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2630            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2631
2632  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2633  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2634  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2635  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2636                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2637
2638  /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
2639  /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
2640  void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S);
2641
2642  /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
2643  /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
2644  /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
2645  ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2646                                               const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
2647
2648  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2649  /// class extensions.
2650  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2651                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
2652                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2653                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
2654                      Selector GetterSel,
2655                      Selector SetterSel,
2656                      const bool isAssign,
2657                      const bool isReadWrite,
2658                      const unsigned Attributes,
2659                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2660                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
2661                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
2662                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2663
2664  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2665  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2666  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2667                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2668                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2669                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2670                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2671                                       Selector GetterSel,
2672                                       Selector SetterSel,
2673                                       const bool isAssign,
2674                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2675                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2676                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2677                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2678                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2679                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2680
2681  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2682  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2683  /// setter or getter.
2684  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2685                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2686
2687  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2688
2689  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2690
2691  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2692    MMS_loose,
2693    MMS_strict
2694  };
2695
2696  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2697  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2698  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2699                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2700                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2701
2702  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2703  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2704  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2705                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2706                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2707                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2708                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2709                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2710                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2711                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2712                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2713
2714  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2715  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2716  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2717  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2718
2719  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2720  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2721
2722private:
2723  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2724  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2725  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2726
2727  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2728  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2729  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2730                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2731                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2732
2733  /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
2734  TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
2735                                  bool RecordFailure = true,
2736                                  bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false) {
2737    if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
2738      (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo];
2739    if (RecordFailure)
2740      TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
2741    return TypoCorrection();
2742  }
2743
2744public:
2745  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2746  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2747  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2748  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2749  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2750    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2751  }
2752
2753  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2754  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2755    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2756  }
2757
2758  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2759  /// pool.
2760  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2761
2762  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2763  /// there are multiple signatures.
2764  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2765                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2766                                                   bool warn=true) {
2767    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2768                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2769  }
2770
2771  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2772  /// there are multiple signatures.
2773  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2774                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2775                                                  bool warn=true) {
2776    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2777                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2778  }
2779
2780  const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
2781                              QualType ObjectType=QualType());
2782
2783  /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of
2784  /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which
2785  /// have mismathched types.
2786  void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool();
2787
2788  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2789  /// implementation.
2790  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2791
2792  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2793  /// initialization.
2794  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2795                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2796
2797  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2798  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2799public:
2800  class FullExprArg {
2801  public:
2802    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2803
2804    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2805    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2806    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2807    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2808
2809    ExprResult release() {
2810      return E;
2811    }
2812
2813    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2814
2815    Expr *operator->() {
2816      return E;
2817    }
2818
2819  private:
2820    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2821    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2822    friend class Sema;
2823
2824    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2825
2826    Expr *E;
2827  };
2828
2829  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2830    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2831  }
2832  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2833    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2834  }
2835  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2836    ExprResult FE =
2837      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2838                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2839    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2840  }
2841
2842  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2843  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2844
2845  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2846                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2847
2848  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2849  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2850  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2851                               ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
2852
2853  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2854  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2855  public:
2856    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2857      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2858    }
2859
2860    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2861      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2862    }
2863
2864  private:
2865    Sema &S;
2866  };
2867
2868  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2869                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2870                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2871  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2872  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2873  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2874                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2875                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2876  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2877
2878  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2879                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2880                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2881  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2882                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2883
2884  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2885                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2886                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2887
2888  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2889                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2890                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2891                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2892  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2893                                            Expr *Cond,
2894                                            Decl *CondVar);
2895  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2896                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2897  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2898                            FullExprArg Cond,
2899                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2900  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2901                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2902                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2903                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2904
2905  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2906                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2907                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2908                          Decl *SecondVar,
2909                          FullExprArg Third,
2910                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2911                          Stmt *Body);
2912  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2913                                           Expr *collection);
2914  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2915                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2916                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2917  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2918
2919  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2920    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2921    BFRK_Build,
2922    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2923    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2924    BFRK_Rebuild,
2925    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2926    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2927    BFRK_Check
2928  };
2929
2930  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2931                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2932                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2933                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2934  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2935                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2936                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2937                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2938                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2939                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2940                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2941  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2942
2943  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2944                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2945                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2946  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2947                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2948                                   Expr *DestExp);
2949  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2950  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2951
2952  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
2953                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
2954  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
2955  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
2956  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
2957                                           SourceLocation Loc,
2958                                           unsigned NumParams);
2959  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2960                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2961
2962  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2963  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2964
2965  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2966                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2967                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2968                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2969                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2970                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2971
2972  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2973                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2974                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
2975                                       InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
2976                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
2977  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2978                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2979  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2980                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
2981                            StringRef AsmString,
2982                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
2983                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
2984                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
2985                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
2986                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
2987
2988  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2989                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2990                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2991                                  bool Invalid = false);
2992
2993  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2994
2995  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2996                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2997
2998  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2999
3000  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3001                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3002
3003  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3004  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3005                                  Scope *CurScope);
3006  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3007                                            Expr *operand);
3008  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3009                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
3010                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
3011
3012  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3013
3014  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3015                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
3016                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
3017                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
3018
3019  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3020
3021  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3022                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3023  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3024                              ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3025
3026  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3027                              SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3028                              Stmt *Handler);
3029
3030  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3031                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
3032                                 Stmt *Block);
3033
3034  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3035                                  Stmt *Block);
3036
3037  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3038
3039  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3040
3041  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3042  /// of it.
3043  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3044
3045  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3046  /// whose result is unused, warn.
3047  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3048  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3049
3050  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3051  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3052  ///
3053  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3054  ///     if (condition);
3055  ///       do_stuff();
3056  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3057                             const Stmt *Body,
3058                             unsigned DiagID);
3059
3060  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3061  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3062  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3063                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3064
3065  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3066    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3067  }
3068  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3069
3070  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3071  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3072    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3073  }
3074  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3075    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3076  }
3077
3078  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3079
3080  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3081                              SourceLocation Loc,
3082                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3083                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
3084
3085  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
3086
3087  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3088                                     StringRef message);
3089
3090  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3091  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3092
3093  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3094  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3095                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
3096  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3097  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3098  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3099                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3100                                        SourceLocation Loc);
3101  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3102                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3103
3104  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3105                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
3106                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3107  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3108  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3109                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3110                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3111  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3112
3113  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3114
3115  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3116  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3117
3118  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3119
3120  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3121  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3122  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3123  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3124  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3125  // named expressions.
3126  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3127  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
3128  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3129  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3130  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3131
3132  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3133  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3134
3135  enum TryCaptureKind {
3136    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3137  };
3138
3139  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3140  ///
3141  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3142  ///
3143  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3144  ///
3145  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3146  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3147  ///
3148  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3149  /// an explicit lambda capture.
3150  ///
3151  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3152  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3153  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3154  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3155  ///
3156  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3157  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3158  /// variable can be captured.
3159  ///
3160  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3161  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3162  /// captured.
3163  ///
3164  /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3165  /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3166  /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3167  /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3168  /// a nested generic lambda.
3169  ///
3170  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3171  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3172  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3173                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3174                          QualType &CaptureType,
3175                          QualType &DeclRefType,
3176                          const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3177
3178  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3179  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3180                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3181                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3182
3183  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3184  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3185  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3186
3187  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3188  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3189                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3190
3191  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3192  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3193  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3194  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3195                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3196                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
3197
3198  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3199  bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3200                     UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3201
3202  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3203  /// evaluation context.
3204  ///
3205  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3206  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3207  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3208  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3209  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3210                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3211
3212  // Primary Expressions.
3213  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3214
3215  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3216                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3217                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
3218                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3219                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0,
3220                               bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
3221
3222  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3223                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3224                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3225                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3226
3227  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3228                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3229                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
3230                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
3231
3232  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3233                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3234                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3235
3236  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3237                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3238                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3239                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3240                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3241
3242  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3243                              ExprValueKind VK,
3244                              SourceLocation Loc,
3245                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3246  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3247                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3248                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0,
3249                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0);
3250  ExprResult
3251  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3252      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3253      SourceLocation nameLoc,
3254      IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3255      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none),
3256      Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
3257      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3258
3259  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3260                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3261                                             LookupResult &R,
3262                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3263  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3264                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3265                                     LookupResult &R,
3266                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3267                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3268  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3269                                  const LookupResult &R,
3270                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3271
3272  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3273                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3274                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3275  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3276                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3277                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3278                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3279
3280  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3281                                      LookupResult &R,
3282                                      bool NeedsADL);
3283  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3284      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3285      NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0);
3286
3287  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3288                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3289                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
3290                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3291                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
3292
3293  ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3294                                 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3295  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3296  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3297  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3298  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3299  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3300  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3301                                SourceLocation R,
3302                                MultiExprArg Val);
3303
3304  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3305  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3306  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3307                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3308
3309  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3310                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3311                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3312                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3313                                       ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3314                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3315  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3316                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3317                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3318                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3319                                        ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3320                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3321
3322  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3323  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3324                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3325  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3326                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3327  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3328                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3329
3330  QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3331
3332  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3333                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3334                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3335                                            SourceRange R);
3336  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3337                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3338  ExprResult
3339    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3340                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3341                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3342                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3343
3344  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3345  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3346
3347  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3348  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3349                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3350                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3351  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3352                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3353                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3354                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3355                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3356  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3357                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3358
3359  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3360                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3361  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3362                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3363
3364  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3365                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3366                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3367                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3368                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3369                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3370                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3371
3372  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3373  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3374  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3375  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3376  // defines a custom operator->).
3377  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3378    Scope *S;
3379    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3380    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3381    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3382  };
3383
3384  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3385                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3386                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3387                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3388                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3389                                      LookupResult &R,
3390                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3391                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3392                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3393
3394  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3395  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3396                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3397                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3398                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3399                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3400
3401  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3402                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3403                                     const LookupResult &R);
3404
3405  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3406                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3407                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3408                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3409                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3410                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3411                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3412
3413  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3414                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3415                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3416                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3417                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3418                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3419                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3420                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3421
3422  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3423  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3424                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3425                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3426                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3427                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3428                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3429  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3430                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3431                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3432
3433  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3434  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3435  /// locations.
3436  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3437                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3438                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3439  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3440                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3441                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3442                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3443                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3444                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3445
3446  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3447                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3448                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3449
3450  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3451                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3452                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3453  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3454                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3455                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3456                                 Expr *Op);
3457  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3458
3459  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3460  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3461                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3462                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3463
3464  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3465
3466  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3467                                  ParsedType Ty,
3468                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3469                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3470
3471  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3472                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3473                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3474                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3475
3476  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3477                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3478                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3479
3480  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3481                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3482                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3483                                        ExprResult Init);
3484
3485  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3486                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3487  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3488                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3489  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3490                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3491
3492  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3493  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3494  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3495                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3496                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3497
3498  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3499  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3500                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3501
3502  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3503  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3504                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3505  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3506
3507  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3508  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3509    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3510    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3511    union {
3512      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3513      Expr *E;
3514    } U;
3515  };
3516
3517  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3518  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3519                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3520                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3521                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3522                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3523  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3524                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3525                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3526                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3527                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3528                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3529                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3530
3531  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3532  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3533                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3534                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3535
3536  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3537  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3538                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3539  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3540                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3541
3542  // __null
3543  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3544
3545  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3546
3547  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3548  enum IfExistsResult {
3549    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3550    IER_Exists,
3551
3552    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3553    IER_DoesNotExist,
3554
3555    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3556    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3557    IER_Dependent,
3558
3559    /// \brief An error occurred.
3560    IER_Error
3561  };
3562
3563  IfExistsResult
3564  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3565                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3566
3567  IfExistsResult
3568  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3569                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3570                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3571
3572  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3573                                        bool IsIfExists,
3574                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3575                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3576                                        Stmt *Nested);
3577  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3578                                        bool IsIfExists,
3579                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3580                                        Stmt *Nested);
3581
3582  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3583
3584  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3585  /// started.
3586  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3587
3588  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3589  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3590  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3591                           Scope *CurScope);
3592
3593  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3594  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3595  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3596
3597  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3598  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3599  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3600                                Scope *CurScope);
3601
3602  //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
3603
3604  /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
3605  ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3606                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3607                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3608
3609  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3610
3611  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3612  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3613                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3614                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3615
3616  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3617
3618  // Act on C++ namespaces
3619  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3620                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3621                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3622                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3623                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3624                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3625  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3626
3627  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3628  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3629
3630  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3631
3632  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3633  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3634  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3635
3636  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3637  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3638  ///
3639  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3640  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3641
3642  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3643  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3644  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3645
3646  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3647                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3648                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3649                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3650                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3651                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3652                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3653
3654  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3655
3656  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3657                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3658                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3659                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3660                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3661                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3662                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3663
3664  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3665  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3666                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
3667                            UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
3668  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3669                                        NamedDecl *Target,
3670                                        UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
3671
3672  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3673                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3674                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3675                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3676                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3677  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3678                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3679                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3680
3681  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3682                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3683                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3684                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3685                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3686                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3687                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3688                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3689
3690  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3691
3692  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3693                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3694                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3695                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3696                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3697                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3698                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3699                              bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3700                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3701  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3702                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3703                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3704                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3705                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3706                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3707                              TypeResult Type);
3708
3709  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3710  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3711  ///
3712  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3713  ExprResult
3714  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3715                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3716                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3717                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3718                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3719
3720  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3721  // the constructor can be elidable?
3722  ExprResult
3723  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3724                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3725                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3726                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3727                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3728
3729  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3730  /// the default expr if needed.
3731  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3732                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3733                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3734
3735  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3736  /// constructed variable.
3737  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3738
3739  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3740  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3741  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3742    // Pointer to allow copying
3743    Sema *Self;
3744    // We order exception specifications thus:
3745    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3746    // throw() comes next.
3747    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3748    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3749    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3750    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3751    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3752    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3753
3754    void ClearExceptions() {
3755      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3756      Exceptions.clear();
3757    }
3758
3759  public:
3760    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3761      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3762      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3763        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3764    }
3765
3766    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3767    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3768      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3769             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3770      return ComputedEST;
3771    }
3772
3773    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3774    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3775
3776    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3777    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3778
3779    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3780    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3781
3782    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3783    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3784
3785    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3786    /// computed exception specification.
3787    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3788      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3789      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3790        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3791        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3792      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3793        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3794        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3795        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3796        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3797        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3798                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3799      }
3800    }
3801    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3802      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3803      getEPI(EPI);
3804      return EPI;
3805    }
3806  };
3807
3808  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3809  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3810  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3811  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3812                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3813
3814  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3815  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3816  /// will be const.
3817  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3818  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3819
3820  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3821  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3822  /// parameter will be const.
3823  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3824  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3825
3826  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3827  /// constructor of a class will have.
3828  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3829  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3830
3831  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3832  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3833  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3834  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3835
3836  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3837  /// destructor of a class will have.
3838  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3839  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3840
3841  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3842  /// constructor of a class will have.
3843  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3844  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3845
3846  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3847  /// special member function.
3848  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3849
3850  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3851  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3852  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3853                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3854                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3855                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3856                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3857                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3858
3859  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3860  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3861  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3862                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3863
3864  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3865  ///
3866  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3867  /// default constructor will be added.
3868  ///
3869  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3870  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3871                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3872
3873  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3874  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3875  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3876                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3877
3878  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3879  ///
3880  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3881  /// destructor will be added.
3882  ///
3883  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3884  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3885
3886  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3887  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3888  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3889                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3890
3891  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3892  ///
3893  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3894  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3895  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3896                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3897
3898  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
3899  ///
3900  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
3901  /// constructors will be added.
3902  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3903
3904  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
3905  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
3906                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3907
3908  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3909  ///
3910  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3911  /// copy constructor will be added.
3912  ///
3913  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3914  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3915
3916  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3917  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3918  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3919                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3920
3921  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3922  ///
3923  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3924  /// move constructor will be added.
3925  ///
3926  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3927  /// declared.
3928  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3929
3930  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3931  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3932  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3933                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3934
3935  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3936  ///
3937  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3938  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3939  ///
3940  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3941  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3942
3943  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3944  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3945                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3946
3947  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3948  ///
3949  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3950  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3951  ///
3952  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3953  /// wasn't declared.
3954  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3955
3956  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3957  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3958                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3959
3960  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3961  /// class.
3962  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3963
3964  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3965  /// special member function.
3966  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3967
3968  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3969  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3970  ///
3971  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3972  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3973
3974  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3975  /// member function.
3976  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3977
3978  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3979  /// static member function.
3980  ///
3981  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3982  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3983
3984  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3985  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3986  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3987  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3988
3989  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3990                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3991                               SourceLocation Loc,
3992                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3993                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
3994                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
3995
3996  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3997                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3998                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
3999
4000  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4001                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4002                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4003                               ParsedType ObjectType,
4004                               bool EnteringContext);
4005
4006  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4007
4008  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4009  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4010                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4011
4012  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4013  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4014                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
4015                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4016                               Declarator &D,
4017                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4018                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4019                               Expr *E,
4020                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4021
4022  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4023                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
4024                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4025                               Expr *E,
4026                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4027                               SourceRange Parens);
4028
4029  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4030                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4031                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4032                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4033  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4034                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4035                            Expr *Operand,
4036                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4037
4038  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4039  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4040                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4041                            void *TyOrExpr,
4042                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4043
4044  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4045                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4046                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4047                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4048  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4049                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4050                            Expr *Operand,
4051                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4052
4053  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4054  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4055                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4056                            void *TyOrExpr,
4057                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4058
4059
4060  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
4061  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4062
4063  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4064  ///
4065  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4066  QualType getCurrentThisType();
4067
4068  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4069  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4070  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4071  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4072
4073  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4074  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4075  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4076    Sema &S;
4077    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4078    bool Enabled;
4079
4080  public:
4081    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4082    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4083    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4084    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4085    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4086                     bool Enabled = true);
4087
4088    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4089  };
4090
4091  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4092  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4093  ///
4094  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4095  ///
4096  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4097  /// capture list.
4098  ///
4099  /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4100  /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4101  /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4102  /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4103  /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4104  /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4105  /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4106  bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4107      bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4108      const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = 0);
4109
4110  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4111  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4112  /// being defined.
4113  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4114
4115  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4116  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4117
4118
4119  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4120  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4121
4122  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4123  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4124
4125  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
4126  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4127  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4128                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4129  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
4130                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4131
4132  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4133  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4134  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4135  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4136  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4137                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4138                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4139                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4140
4141  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4142                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4143                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4144                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4145
4146  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4147  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4148                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4149                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4150                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4151                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4152                         Expr *Initializer);
4153  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4154                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4155                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4156                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4157                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4158                         QualType AllocType,
4159                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4160                         Expr *ArraySize,
4161                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4162                         Expr *Initializer,
4163                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4164
4165  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4166                          SourceRange R);
4167  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4168                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4169                               MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4170                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4171                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4172  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4173                              DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4174                              DeclContext *Ctx,
4175                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4176                              bool Diagnose = true);
4177  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4178  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4179                                       QualType Param1,
4180                                       QualType Param2 = QualType(),
4181                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
4182
4183  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4184                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4185                                bool Diagnose = true);
4186  FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4187                                              bool CanProvideSize,
4188                                              DeclarationName Name);
4189
4190  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4191  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4192                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4193                            Expr *Operand);
4194
4195  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4196  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4197                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4198                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
4199
4200  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4201                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4202  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4203                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4204
4205  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4206  /// pseudo-functions.
4207  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4208                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4209                                 ParsedType Ty,
4210                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4211
4212  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4213                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4214                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
4215                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4216
4217  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4218  /// pseudo-functions.
4219  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
4220                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4221                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4222                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
4223                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4224
4225  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
4226                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4227                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
4228                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
4229                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4230
4231  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4232  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4233                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4234                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4235  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4236                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4237                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4238
4239  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4240  /// pseudo-functions.
4241  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4242                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4243                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4244                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4245                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4246
4247  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4248                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4249                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4250                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4251                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4252
4253  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4254  /// pseudo-functions.
4255  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4256                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4257                                  Expr *Queried,
4258                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4259
4260  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4261                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4262                                  Expr *Queried,
4263                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4264
4265  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4266                                          Expr *Base,
4267                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4268                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4269                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4270                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4271
4272  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4273
4274  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4275                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4276                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4277                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4278                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4279                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4280                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4281                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4282                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4283
4284  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4285                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4286                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4287                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4288                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4289                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4290                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4291                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4292                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4293
4294  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4295                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4296                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4297                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4298                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
4299                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4300
4301  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4302  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4303  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4304  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4305  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4306  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4307
4308  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4309    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4310                                          : SourceLocation());
4311  }
4312  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4313                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4314                                 bool IsConstexpr = false);
4315  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4316
4317  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4318  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4319
4320  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4321  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4322                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4323  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4324  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4325
4326  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4327  ///
4328  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4329  ///
4330  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4331  ///
4332  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4333  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4334  ///
4335  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4336  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4337                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4338
4339  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4340  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4341
4342  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4343                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4344                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4345                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4346
4347  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4348                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4349                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4350                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4351                                   QualType ObjectType,
4352                                   bool EnteringContext,
4353                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4354                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4355                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4356
4357  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4358  ///
4359  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4360  ///
4361  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4362  ///
4363  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4364  ///
4365  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4366  ///
4367  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4368  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4369  ///
4370  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4371  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4372  ///
4373  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4374  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4375  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4376  /// including this new type).
4377  ///
4378  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4379  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4380                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4381                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4382                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4383                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4384                                   bool EnteringContext,
4385                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4386
4387  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4388
4389  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4390                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4391                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4392
4393  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4394                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4395                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4396                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4397                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4398                                 bool EnteringContext);
4399
4400  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4401  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4402  ///
4403  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4404  ///
4405  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4406  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4407  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4408  /// including this new type).
4409  ///
4410  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4411  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4412  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4413  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4414  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4415  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4416  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4417  ///
4418  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4419  /// nested-name-specifier.
4420  ///
4421  ///
4422  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4423  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4424                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4425                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4426                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4427                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4428                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4429                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4430                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4431                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4432                                   bool EnteringContext);
4433
4434  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4435  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4436  /// nested-name-specifier.
4437  ///
4438  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4439  ///
4440  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4441  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4442  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4443
4444  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4445  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4446  ///
4447  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4448  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4449  ///
4450  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4451  ///
4452  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4453  /// of the annotation pointer.
4454  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4455                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4456                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4457
4458  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4459
4460  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4461  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4462  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4463  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4464  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4465  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4466  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4467
4468  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4469  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4470  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4471  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4472  /// defining scope.
4473  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4474
4475  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4476  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4477  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4478  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4479  /// class X.
4480  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4481
4482  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4483  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4484  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4485
4486  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4487  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4488                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4489                                         bool KnownDependent,
4490                                         LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
4491
4492  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4493  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4494                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4495                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4496                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4497                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4498
4499  /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
4500  void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
4501                        CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4502                        SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4503                        LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4504                        SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
4505                        bool ExplicitParams,
4506                        bool ExplicitResultType,
4507                        bool Mutable);
4508
4509  /// \brief Check an init-capture and build the implied variable declaration
4510  /// with the specified name and initializer.
4511  VarDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
4512                            IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4513
4514  /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
4515  FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
4516
4517  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4518  /// given lambda.
4519  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4520
4521  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4522  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4523
4524  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4525  /// statements present in the body.
4526  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4527
4528  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4529  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4530  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4531  /// lambda.
4532  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4533                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4534
4535  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4536  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4537  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4538                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4539
4540  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4541  /// was successfully completed.
4542  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4543                             Scope *CurScope,
4544                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4545
4546  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4547  /// function pointer.
4548  ///
4549  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4550  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4551  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4552  /// block pointer conversion.
4553  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4554         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4555
4556  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4557  /// block pointer.
4558  ///
4559  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4560  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4561  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4562  /// block pointer conversion.
4563  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4564                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4565
4566  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4567                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4568                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4569                                           Expr *Src);
4570
4571  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4572  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4573                                    Expr **Strings,
4574                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4575
4576  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4577
4578  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4579  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4580  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4581  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4582  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4583                                  bool Value);
4584  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4585
4586  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4587  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4588  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4589  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4590  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4591  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4592
4593  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4594                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4595                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4596                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4597
4598  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4599                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4600                                        unsigned NumElements);
4601
4602  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4603                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4604                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4605  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4606                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4607                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4608
4609  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4610                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4611                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4612                                       ParsedType Ty,
4613                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4614
4615  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4616  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4617                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4618                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4619                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4620                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4621
4622  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4623  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4624                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4625                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4626                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4627                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4628                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4629
4630  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4631  // C++ Declarations
4632  //
4633  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4634                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4635                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4636                                       StringRef Lang,
4637                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4638  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4639                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4640                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4641
4642
4643  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4644  // C++ Classes
4645  //
4646  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4647                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4648  bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
4649
4650  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4651                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4652                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4653                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4654
4655  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4656                                 Declarator &D,
4657                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4658                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4659                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4660  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4661                                        Expr *Init);
4662
4663  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4664                                    Scope *S,
4665                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4666                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4667                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4668                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4669                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4670                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4671                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4672                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4673                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4674
4675  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4676                                    Scope *S,
4677                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4678                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4679                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4680                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4681                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4682                                    Expr *InitList,
4683                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4684
4685  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4686                                    Scope *S,
4687                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4688                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4689                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4690                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4691                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4692                                    Expr *Init,
4693                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4694
4695  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4696                                       Expr *Init,
4697                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4698
4699  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4700                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4701                                     Expr *Init,
4702                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4703                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4704
4705  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4706                                           Expr *Init,
4707                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4708
4709  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4710                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4711
4712  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4713                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4714
4715  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4716
4717
4718  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4719  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4720  /// referenced.
4721  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4722                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4723
4724  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4725  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4726  /// first use occurred.
4727  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4728
4729  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4730  /// materialized.
4731  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4732
4733  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4734  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4735  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4736  /// by code generation).
4737  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4738
4739  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4740  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4741
4742  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4743                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4744    DynamicClassesType;
4745
4746  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4747  /// unit.
4748  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4749
4750  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4751  /// given location.
4752  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4753                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4754
4755  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4756  /// in the given class as needed.
4757  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4758                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4759
4760  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4761  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4762  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4763                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4764
4765  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4766  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4767  /// vtables.
4768  ///
4769  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4770  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4771
4772  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4773
4774  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4775                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4776                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4777                            bool AnyErrors);
4778
4779  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4780  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4781                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4782                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4783                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4784                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4785  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4786
4787  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4788  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4789  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4790  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4791  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4792  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4793  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4794  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4795  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
4796                                CachedTokens &Toks);
4797  void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
4798  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4799
4800  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4801                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4802                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4803                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4804  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4805                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4806                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4807                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4808                                     bool Failed);
4809
4810  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4811                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4812                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4813  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4814                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4815  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4816                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4817
4818  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4819                                      StorageClass& SC);
4820  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4821  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4822                                     StorageClass& SC);
4823  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4824  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4825                                 StorageClass& SC);
4826  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4827
4828  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4829  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4830                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4831  void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4832
4833  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4834  // C++ Derived Classes
4835  //
4836
4837  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4838  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4839                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4840                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4841                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4842                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4843
4844  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4845                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4846                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4847                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4848                                ParsedType basetype,
4849                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4850                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4851
4852  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4853                            unsigned NumBases);
4854  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4855                           unsigned NumBases);
4856
4857  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4858  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4859
4860  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4861  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4862
4863  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4864
4865  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4866                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4867                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4868                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4869  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4870                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4871                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4872                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4873                                    DeclarationName Name,
4874                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4875
4876  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4877
4878  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4879                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4880
4881  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4882  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4883  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4884                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4885
4886  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4887  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4888  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4889                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4890
4891  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4892
4893  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4894  void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
4895
4896  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4897  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4898  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4899  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4900                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4901
4902
4903  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4904  // C++ Access Control
4905  //
4906
4907  enum AccessResult {
4908    AR_accessible,
4909    AR_inaccessible,
4910    AR_dependent,
4911    AR_delayed
4912  };
4913
4914  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4915                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4916                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4917
4918  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4919                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4920  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4921                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4922  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4923                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4924                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4925                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4926                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4927  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4928                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4929                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4930                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4931                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4932  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4933                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4934                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4935                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4936                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4937  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4938                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4939                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4940                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4941  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4942  AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4943                                 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4944                                 DeclAccessPair Found);
4945  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4946                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4947                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4948                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4949  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4950                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4951  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4952                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4953                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4954                                    unsigned DiagID,
4955                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4956                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4957  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4958  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4959  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4960                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4961                                            QualType objectType);
4962
4963  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4964                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4965  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4966                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4967
4968  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4969
4970  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4971  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4972  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4973
4974  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4975    AbstractNone = -1,
4976    AbstractReturnType,
4977    AbstractParamType,
4978    AbstractVariableType,
4979    AbstractFieldType,
4980    AbstractIvarType,
4981    AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
4982    AbstractArrayType
4983  };
4984
4985  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4986                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4987  template<typename T1>
4988  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4989                              unsigned DiagID,
4990                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4991    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4992    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4993  }
4994
4995  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4996  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4997                              unsigned DiagID,
4998                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4999    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
5000    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5001  }
5002
5003  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
5004  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5005                              unsigned DiagID,
5006                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
5007    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
5008    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5009  }
5010
5011  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5012
5013  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5014                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
5015
5016  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5017  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5018  //
5019
5020  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5021
5022  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5023
5024  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5025  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5026  //
5027  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5028                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5029  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5030                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5031
5032  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5033                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5034                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5035
5036  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5037                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5038                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5039                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
5040                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
5041                                  bool EnteringContext,
5042                                  TemplateTy &Template,
5043                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5044
5045  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5046                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
5047                                   Scope *S,
5048                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5049                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5050                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5051
5052  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5053  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5054
5055  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
5056                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5057                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5058                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5059                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5060                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5061                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5062                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
5063
5064  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5065  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5066                                      unsigned Depth,
5067                                      unsigned Position,
5068                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5069                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
5070  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5071                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5072                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
5073                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5074                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5075                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5076                                       unsigned Depth,
5077                                       unsigned Position,
5078                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5079                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5080
5081  TemplateParameterList *
5082  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5083                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5084                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5085                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5086                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5087                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5088
5089  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5090  enum TemplateParamListContext {
5091    TPC_ClassTemplate,
5092    TPC_VarTemplate,
5093    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5094    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5095    TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5096    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5097    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5098    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5099  };
5100
5101  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5102                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5103                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5104  TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5105      SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5106      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5107      bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5108
5109  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5110                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5111                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5112                                AttributeList *Attr,
5113                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5114                                AccessSpecifier AS,
5115                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5116                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5117                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
5118
5119  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5120                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5121
5122  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5123
5124  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5125                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5126                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5127
5128  TypeResult
5129  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5130                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5131                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5132                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5133                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5134                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5135
5136  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5137  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5138  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5139                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5140                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
5141                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5142                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5143                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
5144                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5145                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5146                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5147                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5148
5149  DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5150      Scope *S, VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5151      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5152      StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5153
5154  DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5155                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5156                                SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5157                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5158
5159  ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5160                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5161                                VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5162                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5163                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5164
5165  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5166                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5167                                 LookupResult &R,
5168                                 bool RequiresADL,
5169                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5170
5171  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5172                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5173                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5174                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5175
5176  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5177                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5178                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5179                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
5180                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
5181                                              bool EnteringContext,
5182                                              TemplateTy &Template);
5183
5184  DeclResult
5185  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5186                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
5187                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5188                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5189                                   TemplateTy Template,
5190                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5191                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5192                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5193                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5194                                   AttributeList *Attr,
5195                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5196
5197  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5198                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5199                                Declarator &D);
5200
5201  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5202                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5203                                        Declarator &D);
5204
5205  bool
5206  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5207                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5208                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5209                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5210                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5211                                         bool &SuppressNew);
5212
5213  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5214                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5215                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
5216
5217  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5218                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5219                                           LookupResult &Previous);
5220  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5221
5222  DeclResult
5223  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5224                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5225                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5226                             unsigned TagSpec,
5227                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5228                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5229                             TemplateTy Template,
5230                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5231                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5232                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5233                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5234                             AttributeList *Attr);
5235
5236  DeclResult
5237  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5238                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5239                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5240                             unsigned TagSpec,
5241                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5242                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5243                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5244                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5245                             AttributeList *Attr);
5246
5247  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5248                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5249                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5250                                        Declarator &D);
5251
5252  TemplateArgumentLoc
5253  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5254                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5255                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5256                                          Decl *Param,
5257                                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5258                                            &Converted,
5259                                          bool &HasDefaultArg);
5260
5261  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5262  /// argument is being checked.
5263  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5264    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5265    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5266    CTAK_Specified,
5267
5268    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5269    /// deduction.
5270    CTAK_Deduced,
5271
5272    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5273    /// via template argument deduction.
5274    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5275  };
5276
5277  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5278                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5279                             NamedDecl *Template,
5280                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5281                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5282                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5283                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5284                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5285
5286  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5287  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5288  ///
5289  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5290  /// provided.
5291  ///
5292  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5293  ///
5294  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5295  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5296  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5297  /// arguments.
5298  ///
5299  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5300  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5301  /// set of template arguments.
5302  ///
5303  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5304  /// arguments.
5305  ///
5306  ///
5307  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
5308  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
5309  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
5310  ///
5311  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5312  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5313                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5314                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5315                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5316                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5317                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
5318
5319  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5320                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5321                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5322
5323  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5324                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5325  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5326                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5327                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5328                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5329  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5330                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5331                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5332
5333  ExprResult
5334  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5335                                          QualType ParamType,
5336                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5337  ExprResult
5338  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5339                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5340
5341  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5342  /// for equality.
5343  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5344    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5345    /// that might be redeclarations.
5346    ///
5347    /// \code
5348    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5349    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5350    /// \endcode
5351    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5352
5353    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5354    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5355    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5356    ///
5357    /// \code
5358    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5359    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5360    /// \endcode
5361    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5362
5363    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5364    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5365    /// template parameter.
5366    ///
5367    /// \code
5368    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5369    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5370    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5371    /// \endcode
5372    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5373  };
5374
5375  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5376                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5377                                      bool Complain,
5378                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5379                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5380                                        = SourceLocation());
5381
5382  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5383
5384  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5385  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5386  ///
5387  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5388  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5389  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5390  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5391  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5392  TypeResult
5393  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5394                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5395                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5396
5397  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5398  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5399  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5400  ///
5401  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5402  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5403  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5404  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5405  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5406  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5407  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5408  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5409  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5410  TypeResult
5411  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5412                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5413                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5414                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5415                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5416                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5417                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5418                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5419
5420  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5421                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5422                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5423                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5424                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5425
5426  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5427                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5428                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5429  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5430
5431  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5432  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5433                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5434
5435  std::string
5436  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5437                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5438
5439  std::string
5440  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5441                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5442                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5443
5444  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5445  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5446  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5447
5448  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5449  /// being diagnosed.
5450  ///
5451  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5452  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5453  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5454    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5455    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5456
5457    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5458    UPPC_BaseType,
5459
5460    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5461    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5462
5463    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5464    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5465
5466    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5467    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5468
5469    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5470    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5471
5472    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5473    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5474
5475    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5476    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5477
5478    /// \brief A using declaration.
5479    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5480
5481    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5482    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5483
5484    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5485    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5486
5487    /// \brief An initializer.
5488    UPPC_Initializer,
5489
5490    /// \brief A default argument.
5491    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5492
5493    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5494    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5495
5496    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5497    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5498
5499    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5500    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5501
5502    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5503    UPPC_IfExists,
5504
5505    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5506    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5507
5508    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5509    UPPC_Lambda,
5510
5511    /// \brief Block expression,
5512    UPPC_Block
5513  };
5514
5515  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5516  ///
5517  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5518  ///
5519  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5520  /// parameter packs.
5521  ///
5522  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5523  ///
5524  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5525  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5526                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5527                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5528
5529  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5530  /// diagnose the error.
5531  ///
5532  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5533  ///
5534  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5535  /// packs.
5536  ///
5537  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5538  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5539                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5540
5541  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5542  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5543  ///
5544  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5545  /// parameter packs.
5546  ///
5547  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5548  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5549                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5550
5551  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5552  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5553  ///
5554  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5555  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5556  ///
5557  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5558  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5559                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5560
5561  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5562  /// diagnose the error.
5563  ///
5564  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5565  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5566  ///
5567  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5568  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5569                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5570
5571  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5572  /// diagnose the error.
5573  ///
5574  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5575  ///
5576  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5577  /// parameter packs.
5578  ///
5579  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5580  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5581                                       TemplateName Template,
5582                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5583
5584  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5585  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5586  ///
5587  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5588  /// parameter packs.
5589  ///
5590  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5591  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5592                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5593
5594  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5595  /// template argument.
5596  ///
5597  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5598  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5599  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5600                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5601
5602  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5603  /// template argument.
5604  ///
5605  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5606  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5607  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5608                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5609
5610  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5611  /// type.
5612  ///
5613  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5614  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5615  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5616                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5617
5618  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5619  /// type.
5620  ///
5621  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5622  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5623  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5624                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5625
5626  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5627  /// nested-name-specifier.
5628  ///
5629  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5630  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5631  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5632                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5633
5634  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5635  /// name.
5636  ///
5637  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5638  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5639  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5640                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5641
5642  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5643  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5644  ///
5645  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5646  /// may already be invalid.
5647  ///
5648  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5649  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5650                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5651
5652  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5653  /// creates a pack expansion.
5654  ///
5655  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5656  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5657  ///
5658  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5659  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5660
5661  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5662  /// expansion.
5663  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5664                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5665                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5666
5667  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5668  /// expansion.
5669  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5670                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5671                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5672                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5673
5674  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5675  /// creates a pack expansion.
5676  ///
5677  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5678  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5679  ///
5680  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5681  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5682
5683  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5684  /// creates a pack expansion.
5685  ///
5686  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5687  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5688  ///
5689  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5690  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5691                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5692
5693  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5694  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5695  /// transforming the pattern.
5696  ///
5697  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5698  /// pack expansion.
5699  ///
5700  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5701  /// the pack expansion.
5702  ///
5703  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5704  /// pattern.
5705  ///
5706  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5707  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5708  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5709  ///
5710  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5711  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5712  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5713  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5714  ///
5715  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5716  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5717  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5718  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5719  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5720  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5721  /// set this value in other cases.
5722  ///
5723  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5724  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5725  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5726  /// must be set.
5727  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5728                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5729                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5730                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5731                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5732                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5733                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5734
5735  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5736  /// type.
5737  ///
5738  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5739  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5740  ///
5741  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5742  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5743      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5744
5745  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5746  /// parameter packs.
5747  ///
5748  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5749  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5750  ///
5751  /// \code
5752  ///   void f(T...);
5753  /// \endcode
5754  ///
5755  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5756  /// a variadic function.
5757  ///
5758  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5759  /// false otherwise.
5760  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5761
5762  /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
5763  ///
5764  /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
5765  ///
5766  /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
5767  ///
5768  /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
5769  /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
5770  TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
5771      TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
5772      SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
5773      Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
5774
5775  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5776  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5777  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5778
5779  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5780  ///
5781  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5782  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5783  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5784  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5785  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5786  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5787  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5788  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5789    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5790    TDK_Success = 0,
5791    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5792    TDK_Invalid,
5793    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5794    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5795    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5796    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5797    /// for every template parameter.
5798    TDK_Incomplete,
5799    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5800    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5801    TDK_Inconsistent,
5802    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5803    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5804    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5805    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5806    TDK_Underqualified,
5807    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5808    /// resulted in an error.
5809    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5810    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5811    /// corresponding component of the argument.
5812    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5813    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5814    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5815    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5816    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5817    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5818    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5819    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5820    /// template arguments for the given template.
5821    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5822    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5823    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5824    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5825    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5826    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5827  };
5828
5829  TemplateDeductionResult
5830  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5831                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5832                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5833
5834  TemplateDeductionResult
5835  DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5836                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5837                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5838
5839  TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
5840      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5841      TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5842      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5843      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
5844      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5845
5846  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5847  // deduction for a call.
5848  struct OriginalCallArg {
5849    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5850                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5851                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5852      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5853        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5854
5855    QualType OriginalParamType;
5856    unsigned ArgIdx;
5857    QualType OriginalArgType;
5858  };
5859
5860  TemplateDeductionResult
5861  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5862                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5863                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5864                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5865                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5866           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5867
5868  TemplateDeductionResult
5869  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5870                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5871                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5872                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5873                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5874
5875  TemplateDeductionResult
5876  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5877                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5878                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5879                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5880                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5881                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5882
5883  TemplateDeductionResult
5884  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5885                          QualType ToType,
5886                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5887                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5888
5889  TemplateDeductionResult
5890  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5891                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5892                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5893                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5894                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5895
5896  /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
5897  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
5898  /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
5899  TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
5900                                          QualType Replacement);
5901
5902  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5903  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5904    DAR_Succeeded,
5905    DAR_Failed,
5906    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5907  };
5908
5909  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5910                                  QualType &Result);
5911  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
5912                                  QualType &Result);
5913  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5914  bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
5915                        bool Diagnose = true);
5916
5917  bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
5918                                        SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
5919                                        Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
5920
5921  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5922                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5923                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5924                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5925                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments1,
5926                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments2);
5927  UnresolvedSetIterator
5928  getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5929                     TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
5930                     SourceLocation Loc,
5931                     const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5932                     const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5933                     const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5934                     bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
5935
5936  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5937  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5938                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5939                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5940                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5941
5942  VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5943      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5944      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
5945
5946  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5947                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5948                                  unsigned Depth,
5949                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5950  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
5951                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5952                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5953    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5954  }
5955  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5956                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5957                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5958
5959  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5960  // C++ Template Instantiation
5961  //
5962
5963  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5964                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5965                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5966                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5967
5968  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5969  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5970    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5971    enum InstantiationKind {
5972      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5973      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5974      TemplateInstantiation,
5975
5976      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5977      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5978      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5979      /// arguments as specified.
5980      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5981      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5982
5983      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5984      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5985      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5986      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5987
5988      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5989      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5990      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5991
5992      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5993      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5994      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5995      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5996      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5997      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5998
5999      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6000      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6001      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6002      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6003
6004      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6005      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6006      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6007
6008      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6009      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6010      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6011    } Kind;
6012
6013    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6014    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6015
6016    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6017    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6018    /// arguments.
6019    NamedDecl *Template;
6020
6021    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6022    Decl *Entity;
6023
6024    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6025    /// are not part of the entity.
6026    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6027
6028    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6029    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6030
6031    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6032    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6033    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6034
6035    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6036    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6037    /// template instantiation.
6038    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6039
6040    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6041      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
6042        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
6043
6044    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6045    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6046    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6047
6048    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6049                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6050      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6051        return false;
6052
6053      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6054        return false;
6055
6056      switch (X.Kind) {
6057      case TemplateInstantiation:
6058      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6059        return true;
6060
6061      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6062      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6063        return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6064
6065      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6066      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6067      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6068      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6069        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6070
6071      }
6072
6073      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6074    }
6075
6076    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6077                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6078      return !(X == Y);
6079    }
6080  };
6081
6082  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6083  ///
6084  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6085  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6086  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6087  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6088  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6089    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6090
6091  /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6092  /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6093  SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6094
6095  /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6096  /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6097  /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6098  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6099
6100  /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6101  /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6102  /// template defined within it.
6103  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6104
6105  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6106  /// template instantiation.
6107  ///
6108  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6109  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6110  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6111
6112  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6113  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6114  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6115  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6116
6117  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6118  /// error or warning was produced.
6119  ///
6120  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6121  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6122  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6123  /// to implement it anywhere else.
6124  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6125
6126  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6127  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6128  ///
6129  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6130  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6131  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6132  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6133
6134  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6135  /// within a \c Sema object.
6136  ///
6137  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6138  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6139    Sema &Self;
6140    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6141
6142  public:
6143    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6144      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6145      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6146    }
6147
6148    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6149      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6150    }
6151  };
6152
6153  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6154
6155  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
6156  ///
6157  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
6158  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
6159  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
6160
6161  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6162  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6163  /// deduction.
6164  ///
6165  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6166  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6167    SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6168  SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6169
6170  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6171  /// instantiation.
6172  ///
6173  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6174  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6175  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6176  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6177  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6178  ///
6179  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6180  /// the stack.
6181  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6182    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6183    /// function template, or a member thereof.
6184    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6185                          Decl *Entity,
6186                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6187
6188    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6189    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6190    /// of a function template.
6191    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6192                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6193                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6194
6195    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6196    /// template-id.
6197    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6198                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6199                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6200                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6201
6202    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6203    /// template-id.
6204    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6205                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6206                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6207                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6208                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6209                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6210
6211    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6212    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6213    /// specialization.
6214    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6215                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6216                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6217                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6218                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6219
6220    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6221    /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6222    /// specialization.
6223    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6224                          VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6225                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6226                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6227                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6228
6229    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6230                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
6231                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6232                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6233
6234    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6235    /// non-type or template template parameter.
6236    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6237                          NamedDecl *Template,
6238                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6239                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6240                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6241
6242    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6243                          NamedDecl *Template,
6244                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6245                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6246                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6247
6248    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6249    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6250    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6251                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6252                          NamedDecl *Param,
6253                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6254                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6255
6256
6257    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6258    void Clear();
6259
6260    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6261
6262    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6263    /// recursive template instantiations.
6264    bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
6265
6266  private:
6267    Sema &SemaRef;
6268    bool Invalid;
6269    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6270    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6271                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6272
6273    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6274
6275    InstantiatingTemplate&
6276    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6277  };
6278
6279  void PrintInstantiationStack();
6280
6281  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6282  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6283  /// errors.
6284  ///
6285  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6286  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6287  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6288  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6289  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6290
6291  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6292  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6293  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6294    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6295           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6296    return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6297  }
6298
6299  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6300  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6301  /// deduction.
6302  class SFINAETrap {
6303    Sema &SemaRef;
6304    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6305    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6306    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6307
6308  public:
6309    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6310      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6311        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6312                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6313        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6314    {
6315      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6316        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6317      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6318    }
6319
6320    ~SFINAETrap() {
6321      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6322      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6323        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6324      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6325    }
6326
6327    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6328    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6329      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6330    }
6331  };
6332
6333  /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
6334  /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
6335  /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
6336  /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
6337  class TentativeAnalysisScope {
6338    Sema &SemaRef;
6339    // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
6340    SFINAETrap Trap;
6341    bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6342  public:
6343    explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
6344        : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
6345          PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
6346      SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6347    }
6348    ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
6349      SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6350    }
6351  };
6352
6353  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6354  /// variables.
6355  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6356
6357  /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
6358  /// disabled.
6359  bool DisableTypoCorrection;
6360
6361  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6362  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6363
6364  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6365    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6366
6367  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6368  /// name lookup.
6369  ///
6370  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6371  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6372  /// string represents a keyword.
6373  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6374
6375  typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
6376  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
6377
6378  /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
6379  /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
6380  /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
6381  IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
6382
6383  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6384  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6385
6386  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6387  ///
6388  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6389  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6390  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6391  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6392  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6393  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6394  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6395
6396  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6397  /// but have not yet been performed.
6398  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6399
6400  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6401  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6402  ///
6403  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6404  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6405  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6406  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6407  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6408
6409  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6410
6411  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6412                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6413                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6414
6415  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6416                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6417                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6418
6419  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6420                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6421                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6422
6423  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6424                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6425                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6426                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6427                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6428                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6429  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6430                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6431                                int indexAdjustment,
6432                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6433                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6434  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6435                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6436                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6437                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6438                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
6439  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6440                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6441
6442  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6443  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6444  ///
6445  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6446  ///
6447  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6448  ///
6449  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6450  /// default arguments will be dropped.
6451  ///
6452  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6453  ///
6454  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6455  ///
6456  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6457  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6458                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6459                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6460
6461  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6462                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6463
6464  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6465                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6466
6467  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6468                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6469                       bool CXXDirectInit);
6470
6471  bool
6472  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6473                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6474                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6475
6476  bool
6477  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6478                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6479                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6480                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6481                   bool Complain = true);
6482
6483  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6484                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6485                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6486                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6487
6488  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6489    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6490    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6491    Decl *NewDecl;
6492
6493    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6494                              Decl *D)
6495      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6496    { }
6497  };
6498  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6499
6500  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6501                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6502                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6503                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6504
6505  bool
6506  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6507                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6508                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6509                           bool Complain = true);
6510
6511  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6512                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6513                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6514                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6515
6516  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6517                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6518                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6519                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6520
6521  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6522  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6523                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6524
6525  DeclarationNameInfo
6526  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6527                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6528  TemplateName
6529  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6530                    SourceLocation Loc,
6531                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6532  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6533             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6534             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6535
6536  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6537                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6538  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6539                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6540                                     bool Recursive = false,
6541                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6542  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
6543      VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
6544      const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
6545      const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
6546      SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6547      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
6548      LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6549      LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0);
6550  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
6551      VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
6552      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6553  void
6554  BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
6555                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6556                             LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
6557                             DeclContext *Owner,
6558                             LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
6559                             bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
6560  void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
6561      VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
6562      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6563  void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6564                                     VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
6565                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6566  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6567                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6568                                     VarDecl *Var,
6569                                     bool Recursive = false,
6570                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6571
6572  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6573                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6574                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6575
6576  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6577                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6578  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6579                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6580
6581  // Objective-C declarations.
6582  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6583    OCK_None = -1,
6584    OCK_Interface = 0,
6585    OCK_Protocol,
6586    OCK_Category,
6587    OCK_ClassExtension,
6588    OCK_Implementation,
6589    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6590  };
6591  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6592
6593  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6594                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6595                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6596                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6597                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6598                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6599                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6600                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6601                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6602                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6603
6604  void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
6605                               IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6606                               SourceLocation SuperLoc);
6607
6608  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6609                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6610                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6611                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6612
6613  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6614    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6615    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6616    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6617
6618  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6619                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6620                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6621                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6622                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6623                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6624                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6625
6626  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6627                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6628                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6629                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6630                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6631                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6632                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6633                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6634                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6635
6636  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6637                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6638                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6639                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6640                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6641
6642  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6643                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6644                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6645                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6646                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6647
6648  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6649                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6650
6651  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6652                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6653                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6654                                     unsigned NumElts);
6655
6656  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6657                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6658                                        unsigned NumElts,
6659                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6660
6661  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6662                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6663                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6664                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6665
6666  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6667  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6668  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6669  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6670                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6671                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6672                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6673
6674  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6675  /// setters and getters as needed.
6676  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6677  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6678  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6679  ///        in class extension.
6680  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6681  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6682                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6683                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6684                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6685
6686
6687  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6688                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6689                                const IdentifierInfo *Name,
6690                                bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
6691
6692  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6693                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6694
6695  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6696                   ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
6697                   ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
6698
6699  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6700                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6701                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6702                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6703                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6704                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6705                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6706
6707  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6708                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6709                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6710                              bool ImplKind,
6711                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6712                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6713                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6714
6715  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6716    OSMK_None,
6717    OSMK_Alloc,
6718    OSMK_New,
6719    OSMK_Copy,
6720    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6721    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6722  };
6723
6724  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6725    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6726    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6727    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6728    // in this case.
6729    ParsedType Type;
6730    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6731
6732    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6733    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6734  };
6735
6736  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6737    Scope *S,
6738    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6739    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6740    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6741    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6742    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6743    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6744    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6745    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6746    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6747    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6748    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6749
6750  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6751                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6752                                              bool IsInstance);
6753  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6754                                           bool IsInstance);
6755
6756  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6757  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6758
6759  ExprResult
6760  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6761                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6762                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6763                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6764                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6765                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6766                            bool Super);
6767
6768  ExprResult
6769  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6770                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6771                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6772                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6773
6774  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6775
6776  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6777  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6778  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6779    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6780    ObjCSuperMessage,
6781    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6782    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6783    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6784    /// name.
6785    ObjCClassMessage
6786  };
6787
6788  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6789                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6790                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6791                                     bool IsSuper,
6792                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6793                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6794
6795  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6796                               Selector Sel,
6797                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6798                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6799                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6800                               MultiExprArg Args);
6801
6802  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6803                               QualType ReceiverType,
6804                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6805                               Selector Sel,
6806                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6807                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6808                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6809                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6810                               MultiExprArg Args,
6811                               bool isImplicit = false);
6812
6813  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6814                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6815                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6816                                       Selector Sel,
6817                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6818                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6819
6820  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6821                               ParsedType Receiver,
6822                               Selector Sel,
6823                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6824                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6825                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6826                               MultiExprArg Args);
6827
6828  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6829                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6830                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6831                                  Selector Sel,
6832                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6833                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6834                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6835                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6836                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6837                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6838
6839  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6840                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6841                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6842                                          Selector Sel,
6843                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6844                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6845
6846  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6847                                  Expr *Receiver,
6848                                  Selector Sel,
6849                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6850                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6851                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6852                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6853
6854  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6855                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6856                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6857                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6858                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6859
6860  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6861                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6862                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6863                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6864                                  ParsedType Type,
6865                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6866                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6867
6868  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6869
6870  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6871  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6872  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6873                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
6874
6875  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6876  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6877    RTC_Compatible,
6878    RTC_Incompatible,
6879    RTC_Unknown
6880  };
6881
6882  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6883                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6884                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6885
6886  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6887    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6888    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6889    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6890    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6891    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6892    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6893  };
6894
6895  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6896  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6897                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6898
6899  enum PragmaPackKind {
6900    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6901    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6902    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6903    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6904  };
6905
6906  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6907    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6908    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6909  };
6910
6911  enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
6912    PCK_Unknown,
6913    PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
6914    PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
6915    PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
6916    PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
6917    PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
6918  };
6919
6920  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6921  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6922                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6923                       Expr *Alignment,
6924                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6925                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6926                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6927
6928  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6929  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6930
6931  /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
6932  /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
6933  void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
6934
6935  /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
6936  void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
6937
6938  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6939  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6940                         Scope *curScope,
6941                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6942
6943  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6944  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6945                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6946
6947  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6948                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6949  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6950
6951  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6952  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6953                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6954                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6955
6956  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6957  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6958  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6959                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6960                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6961                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6962                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6963
6964  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6965  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6966                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6967                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6968                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6969                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6970
6971  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6972  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6973  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6974
6975  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6976  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6977  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6978
6979  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6980  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6981
6982  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6983  void FreePackedContext();
6984
6985  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6986  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6987  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6988                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6989
6990  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6991  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6992  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6993
6994  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6995  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6996  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6997
6998  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6999  void FreeVisContext();
7000
7001  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7002  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7003  /// the appropriate attribute.
7004  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7005
7006  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7007  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7008                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7009  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
7010                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7011
7012  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7013private:
7014  void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
7015  /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
7016  void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
7017  void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
7018public:
7019  /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
7020  void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
7021                           const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7022                           Scope *CurScope);
7023  /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
7024  void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
7025
7026  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7027  /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
7028  /// threadprivate'.
7029  ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
7030                                     CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
7031                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
7032  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
7033  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
7034                                     SourceLocation Loc,
7035                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7036  // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
7037  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
7038                                     SourceLocation Loc,
7039                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7040
7041  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
7042                                            ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7043                                            Stmt *AStmt,
7044                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
7045                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7046  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
7047  /// of the  associated statement.
7048  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7049                                          Stmt *AStmt,
7050                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
7051                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7052
7053  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7054                                     unsigned Argument,
7055                                     SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
7056                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
7057                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7058                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
7059  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
7060  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
7061                                      SourceLocation KindLoc,
7062                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7063                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7064                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7065
7066  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7067                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars,
7068                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7069                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7070                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7071  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
7072  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7073                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7074                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7075                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7076  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
7077  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7078                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
7079                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7080                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7081  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
7082  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7083                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
7084                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7085                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
7086
7087  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
7088  enum CheckedConversionKind {
7089    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
7090    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
7091    /// \brief A C-style cast.
7092    CCK_CStyleCast,
7093    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
7094    CCK_FunctionalCast,
7095    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
7096    CCK_OtherCast
7097  };
7098
7099  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
7100  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
7101  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
7102  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
7103                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
7104                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
7105                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
7106                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7107
7108  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
7109  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
7110  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
7111
7112  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
7113  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
7114  /// required.
7115  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
7116
7117  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
7118  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7119  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7120
7121  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
7122  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7123  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
7124
7125  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
7126  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
7127  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
7128  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7129
7130  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
7131  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
7132  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
7133  // type.
7134  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7135
7136  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
7137  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
7138  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
7139  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
7140
7141  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
7142  enum VariadicCallType {
7143    VariadicFunction,
7144    VariadicBlock,
7145    VariadicMethod,
7146    VariadicConstructor,
7147    VariadicDoesNotApply
7148  };
7149
7150  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7151                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7152                                       Expr *Fn);
7153
7154  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
7155  // vararg function.
7156  enum VarArgKind {
7157    VAK_Valid,
7158    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
7159    VAK_Undefined,
7160    VAK_Invalid
7161  };
7162
7163  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
7164  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
7165
7166  /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
7167  /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
7168  void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
7169
7170  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
7171  /// form of call prototypes.
7172  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
7173                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7174                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7175                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
7176                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
7177                              SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
7178                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
7179                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
7180                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
7181
7182  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
7183  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
7184  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
7185                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
7186
7187  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
7188  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
7189  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
7190  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
7191  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
7192  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7193                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
7194
7195  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
7196  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
7197  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
7198  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
7199  /// source and destination type.
7200  enum AssignConvertType {
7201    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
7202    Compatible,
7203
7204    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
7205    /// accept as an extension.
7206    PointerToInt,
7207
7208    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
7209    /// accept as an extension.
7210    IntToPointer,
7211
7212    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
7213    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
7214    FunctionVoidPointer,
7215
7216    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
7217    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
7218    IncompatiblePointer,
7219
7220    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
7221    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
7222    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
7223    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
7224    IncompatiblePointerSign,
7225
7226    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
7227    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
7228    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7229
7230    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
7231    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
7232    /// like address spaces.
7233    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7234
7235    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
7236    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
7237    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
7238    /// extension.
7239    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
7240
7241    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
7242    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
7243    IncompatibleVectors,
7244
7245    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
7246    /// pointer. We disallow this.
7247    IntToBlockPointer,
7248
7249    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
7250    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
7251    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
7252
7253    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
7254    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
7255    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
7256    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
7257
7258    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
7259    /// object with __weak qualifier.
7260    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
7261
7262    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
7263    /// represent it in the AST.
7264    Incompatible
7265  };
7266
7267  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
7268  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
7269  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
7270  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7271                                SourceLocation Loc,
7272                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7273                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7274                                bool *Complained = 0);
7275
7276  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
7277  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
7278  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7279                              Expr *SrcExpr);
7280
7281  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
7282  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
7283  /// C99 6.5.16.
7284  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7285                                               QualType LHSType,
7286                                               QualType RHSType);
7287
7288  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
7289  /// RHS to the LHS type.
7290  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7291                                               ExprResult &RHS,
7292                                               CastKind &Kind);
7293
7294  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
7295  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
7296  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
7297  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7298                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
7299                                                     bool Diagnose = true,
7300                                                     bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7301
7302  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
7303  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
7304  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7305                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
7306
7307  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7308
7309  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7310
7311  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7312                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7313                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
7314  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7315                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7316                                       bool AllowExplicit,
7317                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
7318  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7319                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
7320                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7321                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
7322                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7323  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7324                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
7325                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7326                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7327
7328  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
7329  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
7330
7331  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
7332  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7333                           ExprResult &RHS);
7334  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
7335    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
7336    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
7337  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7338    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
7339    bool IsDivide);
7340  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7341    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7342    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7343  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7344    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7345    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7346  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7347    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7348    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7349  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
7350    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7351    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7352  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
7353    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7354                                bool isRelational);
7355  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
7356    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7357    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7358  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7359    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
7360  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
7361  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
7362  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
7363  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
7364    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
7365
7366  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7367                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
7368  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7369                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
7370                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7371  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
7372  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
7373
7374  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
7375    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7376    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7377  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
7378    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
7379    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
7380  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
7381                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
7382  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
7383                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
7384                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
7385    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
7386    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
7387                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
7388    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
7389    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
7390    return Composite;
7391  }
7392
7393  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7394                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7395
7396  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7397                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7398
7399  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
7400  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7401                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
7402  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
7403  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7404                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
7405  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7406                                      SourceLocation Loc);
7407
7408  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
7409  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7410
7411  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7412
7413  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7414  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7415  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7416  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7417    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7418    /// reference binding is not possible.
7419    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7420    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7421    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7422    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7423    Ref_Related,
7424    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7425    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7426    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7427    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7428    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7429    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7430    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7431    Ref_Compatible
7432  };
7433
7434  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7435                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
7436                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
7437                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
7438                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7439
7440  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7441                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7442                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7443
7444  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7445  /// given type.
7446  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7447
7448  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7449  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7450  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7451                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7452
7453  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7454  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7455  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7456  // returns true if the cast is invalid
7457  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7458                       CastKind &Kind);
7459
7460  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7461  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7462  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7463  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7464  // returns the cast expr
7465  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7466                                CastKind &Kind);
7467
7468  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7469                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7470                                        Expr *CastExpr,
7471                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7472
7473  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7474
7475  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7476  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7477  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7478                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7479                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK,
7480                                             bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7481
7482  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7483  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7484
7485  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7486                                             QualType ExprType);
7487
7488  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7489  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7490  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7491  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7492  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7493
7494  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7495  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7496  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7497
7498  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7499  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7500  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7501
7502  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7503  /// \param Method - May be null.
7504  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7505  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7506  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7507                                 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
7508                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7509                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7510                                 bool isSuperMessage,
7511                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7512                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7513
7514  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7515  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7516  /// and the form of the message send.
7517  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7518                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7519                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7520
7521  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7522  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7523  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7524
7525  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7526  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7527  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7528  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7529
7530  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7531  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7532  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7533  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7534  ///
7535  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7536  /// 'if' keyword.
7537  /// \return true iff there were any errors
7538  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7539
7540  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7541                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7542
7543  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7544  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7545  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7546
7547  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7548  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7549  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7550
7551  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7552  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7553
7554  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7555  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7556  /// the specified diagnostic.
7557  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7558                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7559                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7560
7561  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7562  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7563  /// in the global scope.
7564  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7565
7566  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7567  /// expression violations.
7568  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7569  public:
7570    bool Suppress;
7571
7572    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7573
7574    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7575    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7576    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7577  };
7578
7579  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7580  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7581  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7582  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7583                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7584                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7585  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7586                                             unsigned DiagID,
7587                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7588  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
7589
7590  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7591  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7592  /// Returns false on success.
7593  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7594  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7595                            QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
7596                            Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7597
7598  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7599    CFT_Device,
7600    CFT_Global,
7601    CFT_Host,
7602    CFT_HostDevice
7603  };
7604
7605  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7606
7607  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7608                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7609
7610  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7611    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7612                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7613  }
7614
7615  /// \name Code completion
7616  //@{
7617  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7618  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7619    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7620    PCC_Namespace,
7621    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7622    PCC_Class,
7623    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7624    /// or category.
7625    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7626    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7627    /// category implementation
7628    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7629    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7630    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7631    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7632    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7633    /// headers.
7634    PCC_Template,
7635    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7636    /// headers within a class.
7637    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7638    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7639    PCC_Expression,
7640    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7641    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7642    PCC_Statement,
7643    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7644    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7645    PCC_ForInit,
7646    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7647    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7648    PCC_Condition,
7649    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7650    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7651    /// in the grammar.
7652    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7653    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7654    PCC_Type,
7655    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7656    /// might also be a type cast.
7657    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7658    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7659    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7660    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7661  };
7662
7663  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7664  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7665                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7666  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7667                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7668                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7669
7670  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7671  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7672                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7673  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7674                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7675                                       bool IsArrow);
7676  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7677  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7678  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7679  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7680  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7681  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7682  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7683  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7684  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7685
7686  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7687                               bool EnteringContext);
7688  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7689  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7690  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7691  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7692  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7693  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
7694                                Decl *Constructor,
7695                                ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
7696
7697  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7698                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7699
7700  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7701  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7702  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7703  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7704  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7705  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7706  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7707  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7708                                   bool IsParameter);
7709  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7710  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7711                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7712                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7713  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7714                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7715                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7716                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7717  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7718                                       ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7719                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7720                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7721  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7722                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7723  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7724                                ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7725  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7726                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7727  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7728  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7729  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7730                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7731                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7732  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7733  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7734                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7735                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7736  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7737                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7738                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7739  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7740  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7741                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7742  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7743                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7744                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7745  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7746                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7747                                          bool AtParameterName,
7748                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7749                                          ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7750  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7751  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7752  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7753  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7754  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7755                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7756                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7757                                             unsigned Argument);
7758  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7759  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7760                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7761                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7762  //@}
7763
7764  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7765  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7766
7767public:
7768  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7769                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7770
7771private:
7772  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7773                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7774                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7775  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7776  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7777  // FunctionDeclaration.
7778  struct FormatStringInfo {
7779    unsigned FormatIdx;
7780    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7781    bool HasVAListArg;
7782  };
7783
7784  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7785                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7786  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7787                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7788  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7789                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
7790  bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7791                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7792  bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7793  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7794                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7795                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7796                            SourceLocation Loc);
7797
7798  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7799                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7800                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7801                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7802
7803
7804  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7805
7806  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7807
7808  bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7809  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7810  bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7811  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7812
7813  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7814  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7815  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7816
7817public:
7818  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7819  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7820  ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7821                                   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
7822                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7823
7824private:
7825  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7826  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7827  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7828  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7829  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7830                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7831  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7832                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7833
7834public:
7835  enum FormatStringType {
7836    FST_Scanf,
7837    FST_Printf,
7838    FST_NSString,
7839    FST_Strftime,
7840    FST_Strfmon,
7841    FST_Kprintf,
7842    FST_Unknown
7843  };
7844  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7845
7846  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7847                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
7848                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7849                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7850                         VariadicCallType CallType,
7851                         llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7852
7853private:
7854  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
7855                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7856                            bool IsCXXMember,
7857                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7858                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7859                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7860  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7861                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7862                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7863                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7864                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
7865                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7866
7867  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7868                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7869                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7870
7871  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7872                               unsigned BId,
7873                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7874
7875  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7876                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7877
7878  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7879                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7880
7881  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7882                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7883  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7884  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7885  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
7886  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
7887
7888  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
7889  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
7890  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
7891                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
7892
7893  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7894                                   Expr *Init);
7895
7896public:
7897  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7898  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7899                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7900                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7901
7902  struct TypeTagData {
7903    TypeTagData() {}
7904
7905    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7906        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7907        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7908    {}
7909
7910    QualType Type;
7911
7912    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7913    /// layout-compatibility.
7914    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7915    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7916  };
7917
7918  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7919  /// identifies the magic value.
7920  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7921
7922private:
7923  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7924  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7925      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7926
7927  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7928  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7929  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7930                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7931
7932  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7933  ///
7934  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7935  Scope *CurScope;
7936
7937  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
7938  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
7939
7940protected:
7941  friend class Parser;
7942  friend class InitializationSequence;
7943  friend class ASTReader;
7944  friend class ASTWriter;
7945
7946public:
7947  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7948  ///
7949  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7950  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7951  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7952  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7953  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7954  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7955  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7956
7957  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
7958  IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
7959
7960  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7961
7962  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7963    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7964  }
7965
7966  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7967
7968  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7969    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7970    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7971    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7972      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7973    return DC;
7974  }
7975};
7976
7977/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7978class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7979  Sema &Actions;
7980
7981public:
7982  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7983                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7984                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7985                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7986    : Actions(Actions) {
7987    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7988                                            IsDecltype);
7989  }
7990  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7991                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7992                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7993                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7994    : Actions(Actions) {
7995    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7996                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7997                                            IsDecltype);
7998  }
7999
8000  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
8001    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
8002  }
8003};
8004
8005DeductionFailureInfo
8006MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
8007                         sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8008
8009/// \brief Contains a late templated function.
8010/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
8011struct LateParsedTemplate {
8012  CachedTokens Toks;
8013  /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
8014  Decl *D;
8015};
8016
8017} // end namespace clang
8018
8019#endif
8020